blob: cce59ad7c05e23c8f95d989a9f3e41b9ea6ef048 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000112
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000116
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa30245ca2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000142 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400144 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200145 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800146 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuanfb1f9392016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
225
226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700233
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan48fcc4a2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
Ashish Kumar11234062017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530316- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
317 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
318 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
319 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
320
321 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
322
323 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
324 CCN-400
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000325
Ashish Kumar97393d62017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530326 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
327
328 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000330The following options need to be configured:
331
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500334- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200335
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530336- Marvell Family Member
337 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
338 multiple fs option at one time
339 for marvell soc family
340
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000342 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
343
344 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
345 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
346 compliance, among other possible reasons.
347
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600348 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
349
350 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
351 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
352 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
353
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
355
356 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
357 tree nodes for the given platform.
358
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
360
361 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
362 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
364
365 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
367
368 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
369 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
370
371 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
372 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
373 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
374 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
375
376 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
377 this erratum.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530379 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
380 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800381 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530382
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530383 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
384 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800385 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530386
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
388
389 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
390 according to the A004510 workaround.
391
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
393 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
394 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
395
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
397 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
398 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
399
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
401 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
402 connected to the DSP core.
403
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
405 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
406
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530407 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
408 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
409 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
410 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
411
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530412 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
413 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800414 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530415
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800416 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800417 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800418 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
419
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000420- Generic CPU options:
421 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
422
423 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
424 values is arch specific.
425
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
427 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
428 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
429 SoCs.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
432 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
435 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
436 deskew training are not available.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
439 Freescale DDR1 controller.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
442 Freescale DDR2 controller.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
445 Freescale DDR3 controller.
446
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
448 Freescale DDR4 controller.
449
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
452
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
454 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
455 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
456 implemetation.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400459 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
461 implementation.
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
464 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
466
467 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
468 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
469 DDR3L controllers.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
472 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700474
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
476 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
477
478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
479 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
480
Prabhakar Kushwaha3c48f582017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
482 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
483
Prabhakar Kushwahabedc5622017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
485 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
486
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
488 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
489 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
492 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
493 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
494 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
495
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530496 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
497 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
498 concatenated with u-boot binary.
499
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
501 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
502
503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
504 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
505
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
507 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
508 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
509 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
510
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
512 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
513 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
514 SoCs with ARM core.
515
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
517 Number of controllers used as main memory.
518
519 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
520 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
521
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
523 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
524
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
526 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
529 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
530
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531- MIPS CPU options:
532 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
533
534 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
535 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
536 relocation.
537
538 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
539
540 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
541 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
542 Possible values are:
543 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
544 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
545 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
546 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
547 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
548 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
549 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
550 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
553
554 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
555 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
556
557 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
558
559 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
560 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
561 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
562
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000563- ARM options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
565
566 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
567 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
568
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700569 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
570 Generic timer clock source frequency.
571
572 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
573 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
574 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
575 at run time.
576
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700577- Tegra SoC options:
578 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
579
580 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
581 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
582 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
583
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000584- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
586
587 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
588 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
589 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
590 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
591 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
592 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
593 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000594 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100595 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000596 default environment.
597
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000598 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
599
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800600 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000601 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
602 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
603
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400604 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200605
606 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400607 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
608 concepts).
609
610 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
611 * New libfdt-based support
612 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500613 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400614
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200615 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600616 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200617
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200618 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
619 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500620
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600621 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
622
623 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
624 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000625
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600626 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
627
628 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
630 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
631 the kernel.
632
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200633 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
634
635 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
636 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
637 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
638 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
639 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
640 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
641
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000642 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
643
644 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
645 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
646 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
647 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
648 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
649 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
650 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
651
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100652- vxWorks boot parameters:
653
654 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700655 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
656 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100659 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
660 the defaults discussed just above.
661
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000662- Cache Configuration:
663 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
664 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
665 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
666
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000667- Cache Configuration for ARM:
668 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
669 controller
670 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
671 controller register space
672
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000673- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200674 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000675
676 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
677
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
680 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
681
682 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
683
684 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
685 the clock speed of the UARTs.
686
687 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
688
689 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
690 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
691 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
692
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400693 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
694
695 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
696 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000698- Console Baudrate:
699 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
700 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200701 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703- Autoboot Command:
704 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
705 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
706 define a command string that is automatically executed
707 when no character is read on the console interface
708 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000711 The value of these goes into the environment as
712 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
713 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200714 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100716- Bootcount:
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100717 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
718 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
719 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
720 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
721 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
722 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
723 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
724 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
725 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727- Pre-Boot Commands:
728 CONFIG_PREBOOT
729
730 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
731 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
732 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
733 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
734 entering interactive mode.
735
736 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
737 automatically generated or modified. For an example
738 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
739 modified when the user holds down a certain
740 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
741 booting the systems
742
743- Serial Download Echo Mode:
744 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
745 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
746 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
747 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
748 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
749 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
750 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
751
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500752- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000753 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
754 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200755 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000756
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600757- Removal of commands
758 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
759 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
760 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
761 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
762 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
763 simple boot procedures.
764
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000765- Regular expression support:
766 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200767 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
768 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
769 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
770 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000771
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000772- Device tree:
773 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
774 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
775 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
776 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
777 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
778 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
779
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000780 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700781 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000782
783 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
784 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
785 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
786 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
787 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1f17f192017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900788 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000789
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000790 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
791 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
792 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
793 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
794
795 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
796
797 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
798 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
799 still use the individual files if you need something more
800 exotic.
801
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700802 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
803 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
804 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
805 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
806 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808- Watchdog:
809 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
810 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000811 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200812 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
813 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
814 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
815 available, then no further board specific code should
816 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000817
818 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
819 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
820 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
821 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100823 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
824 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
825
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000826- U-Boot Version:
827 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
828 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
829 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
830 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200831 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
832 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000833
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000834- Real-Time Clock:
835
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500836 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
838 following options:
839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000840 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000841 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000843 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000845 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200846 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000847 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100848 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000849 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2d3ac512017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200850 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200851 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
852 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000854 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
855 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
856
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600857- GPIO Support:
858 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600859
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000860 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
861 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
862 pins supported by a particular chip.
863
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600864 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
865 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
866
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600867- I/O tracing:
868 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
869 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
870 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
871 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
872 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
873 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
874 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
875 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
876
877 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
878 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
879 still continue to operate.
880
881 iotrace is enabled
882 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
883 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
884 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
885 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
886 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
887 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
888
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000889- Timestamp Support:
890
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000891 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
892 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
893 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000895
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000896- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
897 Zero or more of the following:
898 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000899 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
900 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
901 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
902 disk/part_efi.c
903 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904
Simon Glassb569a012017-05-17 03:25:30 -0600905 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_IDE or
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600906 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000907 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000908
909- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000910 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
911 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000913 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
914 be performed by calling the function
915 ide_set_reset(int reset)
916 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917
918- ATAPI Support:
919 CONFIG_ATAPI
920
921 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
922
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000923- LBA48 Support
924 CONFIG_LBA48
925
926 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100927 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000928 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
929 support disks up to 2.1TB.
930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200931 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000932 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
933 Default is 32bit.
934
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200936 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
937 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
938 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
940 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000941
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200942 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
943 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000944
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000946 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000947 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
948
949 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
950 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
951 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
952 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
953
954 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
955 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
956 example with the "sspi" command.
957
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000958 CONFIG_EEPRO100
959 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200960 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961 write routine for first time initialisation.
962
963 CONFIG_TULIP
964 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
965 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
966 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
967
968 CONFIG_NATSEMI
969 Support for National dp83815 chips.
970
971 CONFIG_NS8382X
972 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
973
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000974- NETWORK Support (other):
975
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100976 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
977 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
978
979 CONFIG_RMII
980 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
981
982 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
983 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
984 The driver doen't show link status messages.
985
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000986 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
987 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
988
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000989 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000990 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
991
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000992 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
993 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
994
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000995 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000996 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
997
998 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
999 Define this to hold the physical address
1000 of the device (I/O space)
1001
1002 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1003 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1004
1005 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1006 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1007 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1008
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001009 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1010 Support for davinci emac
1011
1012 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1013 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1014
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001015 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1016 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1017
1018 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1019 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1020 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1021 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1022 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1023 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1024 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1025 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1026
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001027 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1028 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1029
1030 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1031 Define the number of ports to be used
1032
1033 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1034 Define the ETH PHY's address
1035
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001036 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1037 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1038
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001039- PWM Support:
1040 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day1f8378a2016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001041 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001042
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001043- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001044 CONFIG_TPM
1045 Support TPM devices.
1046
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001047 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1048 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001049 per system is supported at this time.
1050
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001051 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1052 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1053
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001054 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1055 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1056
1057 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1058 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1059 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1060
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001061 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1062 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1063 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1064
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001065 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1066 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1067
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001068 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001069 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1070 per system is supported at this time.
1071
1072 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1073 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1074 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1075 0xfed40000.
1076
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001077 CONFIG_TPM
1078 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1079 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1080 Requires support for a TPM device.
1081
1082 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1083 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1084 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1085
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001086- USB Support:
1087 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher6f90e582017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001088 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1090 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001091 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001092 storage devices.
1093 Note:
1094 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1095 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001096
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001097 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1098 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1099
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001100 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1101 HW module registers.
1102
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001103- USB Device:
1104 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1105 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1106 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001107 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001108 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1109 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001110 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001111 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1112 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1113 a Linux host by
1114 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1115 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1116 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1117 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001118
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001119 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1120 Define this to build a UDC device
1121
1122 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1123 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1124 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001125
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301126 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1127 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1128 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1129 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1130 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1131 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1132 speed.
1133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001134 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001135 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1136 be set to usbtty.
1137
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001138 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001139 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001140 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001141 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1142 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1143 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1144
1145 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1146 Define this string as the name of your company for
1147 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001148
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001149 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1150 Define this string as the name of your product
1151 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001153 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1154 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1155 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1156 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1157 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001158
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001159 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1160 Define this as the unique Product ID
1161 for your device
1162 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001163
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001164- ULPI Layer Support:
1165 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1166 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1167 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1168 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1169 viewport is supported.
1170 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1171 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001172 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1173 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1174 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001175
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001176- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001177 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1178 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1179 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001180 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001181 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1182 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001183
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001184 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1185 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1186
1187 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1188 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1189
1190 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1191 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1192
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001193 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1194 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1195
1196 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1197 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1198 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1199
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001200- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasut7f8d4362018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001201 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001202 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1203
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001204 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1205 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1206
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001207 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1208 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1209
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301210 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1211 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1212 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1213 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1214 one that would help mostly the developer.
1215
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001216 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1217 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1218 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1219 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1220 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1221
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001222 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1223 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1224 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1225 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1226 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1227 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1228
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001229 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1230 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1231 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1232 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1233
1234 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1235 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1236 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1237 sending again an USB request to the device.
1238
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001239- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassfa8527b2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001240 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001241 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001243 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1244 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001245 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1246
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001247- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001248 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1249
1250 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1251
1252 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1253 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1254 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1255 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1256 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257
1258- Video support:
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001259 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001260 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001261 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1262 support, and should also define these other macros:
1263
1264 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1265 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001266 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1267 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1268 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1269 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1270 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1271
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001272 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1273 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001274 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001275 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1278
1279 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1280 display); also select one of the supported displays
1281 by defining one of these:
1282
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001283 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1284
1285 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1286
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001287 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001288
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001289 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001290
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001291 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1292
1293 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1294 Active, color, single scan.
1295
1296 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001298 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001299 Active, color, single scan.
1300
1301 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1302
1303 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1304 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1305
1306 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1307
1308 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1309 Active, color, single scan.
1310
1311 CONFIG_HLD1045
1312
1313 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1314 Active, color, single scan.
1315
1316 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1317
1318 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1319 or
1320 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1321 or
1322 Hitachi SP14Q002
1323
1324 320x240. Black & white.
1325
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001326 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1327
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001328 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001329 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1330 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1331 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1332 a per-section basis.
1333
1334
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001335 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1336
1337 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1338 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1339 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1340 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1341 printed out.
1342 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1343 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1344 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1345 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1346 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1347 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1348 1 = 90 degree rotation
1349 2 = 180 degree rotation
1350 3 = 270 degree rotation
1351
1352 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1353 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1354
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001355 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1356
1357 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1358
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001359 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1360
1361 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1362 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1363
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001364- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001365
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001366 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1367 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1368 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001369 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001370 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1371 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1372 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1373 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001374
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001375 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1376
1377 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1378 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001379 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001380 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1381 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1382 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1383 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1384 there is no need to set this option.
1385
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001386 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1387
1388 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1389 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1390 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1391 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1392 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1393 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1394
1395 Example:
1396 setenv splashpos m,m
1397 => image at center of screen
1398
1399 setenv splashpos 30,20
1400 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1401
1402 setenv splashpos -10,m
1403 => vertically centered image
1404 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1405
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001406- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1407
1408 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1409 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1410 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1411
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001412- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1413
1414 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1415 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1416 bmp command.
1417
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001418- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001419 CONFIG_GZIP
1420
1421 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1422
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001423 CONFIG_BZIP2
1424
1425 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1426 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1427 compressed images are supported.
1428
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001429 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001430 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001431 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001432
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001433- MII/PHY support:
1434 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1435
1436 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1437
1438 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1439
1440 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1441
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001442 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1443
1444 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1445 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1446 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1447 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1448
1449 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1450
1451 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1452 command issued before MII status register can be read
1453
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001454- IP address:
1455 CONFIG_IPADDR
1456
1457 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001458 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001459 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001460 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001461
1462- Server IP address:
1463 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1464
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001465 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001466 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001467 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001469 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1470
1471 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1472 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1473
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001474- Gateway IP address:
1475 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1476
1477 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1478 default router where packets to other networks are
1479 sent to.
1480 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1481
1482- Subnet mask:
1483 CONFIG_NETMASK
1484
1485 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1486 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1487 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1488 forwarded through a router.
1489 (Environment variable "netmask")
1490
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001491- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1492 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1493
1494 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1495 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001496 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001497 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1498 multicast group.
1499
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1501 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1502
1503 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1504 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1505 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1506 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1507 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1508 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1509 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1510 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001511 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001512
1513 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1514 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1515 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1516 4th and following
1517 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1518
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001519 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1520
1521 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1522 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1523 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1524 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1525 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1526 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1527 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1528 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1529 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1530 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1531 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1532 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1533 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1534 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1535 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1536
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001537- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001538 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1539 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001540
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001541 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001542 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001543 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1544 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1545 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1546 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001547 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001548
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001549 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1550 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001551
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001552 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1553 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1554 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1555 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1556 is not available.
1557
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001558 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1559 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1560 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001561 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001562 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1563 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001564
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001565 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1566
1567 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1568 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1569 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1570 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1571 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1572 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1573 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1574 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1575 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1576 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1577 this delay.
1578
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001579 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1580 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1581 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1582 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1583 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1584
1585 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1586
Prabhakar Kushwaha2dec06f2017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301587 - MAC address from environment variables
1588
1589 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1590
1591 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1592 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1593 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1594 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1595
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001596 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001597 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001598
1599 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1600
1601 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1602
1603 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1604 of the device.
1605
1606 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1607
1608 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1609 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001610 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001611
1612 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1613
1614 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1615 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1616
1617 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1618
1619 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1620
1621 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1622
1623 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1624
1625 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1626
1627 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1628
1629 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1630
1631 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1632 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1633
1634 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1635
1636 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1637
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001638- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001639
1640 Several configurations allow to display the current
1641 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1642 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1643 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1644 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1645 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001646 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001647 feature in U-Boot.
1648
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001649 Additional options:
1650
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001651 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001652 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1653 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001654 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001655 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1656
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001657 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1658 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1659 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1660 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1661 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1662 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1663
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001664- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001666 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1667 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1668 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1669 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1670 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1671 interface.
1672
1673 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001674 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1675 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1676 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1677 for defining speed and slave address
1678 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1679 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1680 for defining speed and slave address
1681 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1682 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1683 for defining speed and slave address
1684 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1685 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1686 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001687
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001688 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1689 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1690 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1691 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1692 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1693 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001694 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001695 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1696 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1697 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1698 second bus.
1699
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001700 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001701 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1702 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1703 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001704
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001705 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1706 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1707 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1708 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1709
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001710 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1711 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001712 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1713 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1714 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1715 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001716 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1717 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1718 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1719 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1720 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1721 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001722 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1723 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001724 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001725 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1726
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001727 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1728 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1729 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1730
1731 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1732 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1733 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1734 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1735 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1736 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1737 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1738 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1739 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1740
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001741 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1742 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1743 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1744
1745 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1746 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1747 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1748 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1749 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1750 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1751 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1752 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1753 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1754 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001755 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001756
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001757 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1758 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1759 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1760 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1761 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1762 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1763 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1764 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1765 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1766 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1767 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1768 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1769
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01001770 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
1771 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
1772 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
1773 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
1774
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301775 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1776 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1777 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1778 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1779 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1780
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001781 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1782 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1783 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1784 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1785 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1786 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1787 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1788 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1789 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1790 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1791 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1792 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1793 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1794 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001795 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1796 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1797 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1798 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1799 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1800 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1801 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1802 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1803 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001804
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001805 additional defines:
1806
1807 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001808 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001809
1810 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1811 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1812 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1813 omit this define.
1814
1815 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1816 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1817 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1818 define.
1819
1820 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001821 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001822 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1823 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1824 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1825
1826 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1827 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1828 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1829 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1830 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1831 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1832 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1833 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1834 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1835 }
1836
1837 which defines
1838 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001839 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1840 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1841 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1842 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1843 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001844 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001845 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1846 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001847
1848 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1849
Simon Glass3efce392017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001850- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001851 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001852 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1853 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854
1855 I2C_INIT
1856
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001857 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001858 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001859
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001860 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001862 I2C_ACTIVE
1863
1864 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1865 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1866 define can be null.
1867
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001868 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001870 I2C_TRISTATE
1871
1872 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1873 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1874 define can be null.
1875
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001876 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1877
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001878 I2C_READ
1879
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001880 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1881 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001883 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1884
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001885 I2C_SDA(bit)
1886
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001887 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1888 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001890 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001891 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001892 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894 I2C_SCL(bit)
1895
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001896 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1897 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001898
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001899 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001900 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001901 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001902
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903 I2C_DELAY
1904
1905 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1906 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001907 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001908 like:
1909
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001910 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001911
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001912 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1913
1914 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1915 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1916 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1917 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1918
1919 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1920 the generic GPIO functions.
1921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001922 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001923
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001924 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1925 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1926 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1927 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1928 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1929 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1930 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1931 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001932
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001933 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1934
1935 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001936 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1937 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001938 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001940 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001941
1942 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001943 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001944 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1945 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001946
1947 e.g.
1948 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001949 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001950
1951 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1952
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001953 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001954 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001955
1956 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001958 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001959
1960 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1961 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001963 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001964
1965 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1966 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1967
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001968 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1969
1970 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1971 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1972 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1973 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1974 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1975 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1976 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001977
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1979
1980 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1981 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1982 D/As on the SACSng board)
1983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1985
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001986 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1987 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1988 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1989 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1990 defined, the board configuration must define several
1991 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1992 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001994 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1995
1996 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1997 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1998 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001999 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002000 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2001
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002002 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2003 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2004 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2005
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002006- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002008 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2009
2010 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2011
2012 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2013 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002015 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002016
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002017 Enables support for FPGA family.
2018 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2019
2020 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2021
2022 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002024 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002025
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002026 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002028 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002030 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2031 status by the configuration function. This option
2032 will require a board or device specific function to
2033 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
2035 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2036
2037 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2038 configuration driver.
2039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002040 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002043 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002045 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2046 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2047 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2048 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002050 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002051
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002052 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2053 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002054 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002055 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002057 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002058
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002059 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002060 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002062 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002063
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002065 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002066
2067- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002068 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2069
2070 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2071 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2072 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2073 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002074 make / buildman.
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002076 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2077
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002078 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2079 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002080
2081- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2082
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002083 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2084 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002085 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002086 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2087 protects these variables from casual modification by
2088 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2089 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002090 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002091
2092 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2093 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002094 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095 these parameters.
2096
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002097 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2098 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002099 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2101 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2102 read-only.]
2103
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002104 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2105 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2106 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2107 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109- Protected RAM:
2110 CONFIG_PRAM
2111
2112 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2113 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2114 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2115 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2116 this default value by defining an environment
2117 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2118 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2119 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2120 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2121 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2122 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2123 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2124
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002125 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126 saveenv
2127
2128 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2129 either, which results in a memory region that will
2130 not be affected by reboots.
2131
2132 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2133 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2134 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2135 following board configurations are known to be
2136 "pRAM-clean":
2137
Heiko Schocher65d94db2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002138 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002139 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002140 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002141
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002142- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2143 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2144 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2145 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2146 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2147 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2148 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2152
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002153 This variable defines the number of retries for
2154 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2155 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2156 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002158 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2159
2160 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2161
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002162 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2163
2164 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2165 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2166 try longer timeout such as
2167 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2168
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002170 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171
2172 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2173 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2174 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2175
2176 Note:
2177
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002178 In the current implementation, the local variables
2179 space and global environment variables space are
2180 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2181 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2182 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2183 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2184 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002185
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002186 Global environment variables are those you use
2187 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2188 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2189 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190
2191 To store commands and special characters in a
2192 variable, please use double quotation marks
2193 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2194 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2195 symbols.
2196
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002197- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002198 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2199
2200 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2201 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2202 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2203 and PS2.
2204
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002205- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2207
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002208 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2209 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002210 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002211
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002212 For example, place something like this in your
2213 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002214
2215 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2216 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2217 "myvar2=value2\0"
2218
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002219 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2220 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2221 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2222 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002223 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002224 You better know what you are doing here.
2225
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002226 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2227 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002228 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002229 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002230
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002231 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2232
2233 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2234 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2235 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2236
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002237 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2238
2239 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002240 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002241 that so that the environment is not available until
2242 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2243 this is instead controlled by the value of
2244 /config/load-environment.
2245
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002246- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass663b0cc2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002247 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002248 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2249 commands.
2250
2251 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2252 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2253 flash is present on the system.
2254
2255 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2256 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2257 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2258 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2259
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002260
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002261- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2262 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2263
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002264 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002265 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002266 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002267 number generator is used.
2268
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002269 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2270 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2271 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2272
2273 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002274 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2275 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2276 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2277 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2278 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2279 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2280
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002281- bootcount support:
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002282 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2283 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002284 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2285 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2286 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2287 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2288 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2289 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2290 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2291 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2292 the bootcounter.
2293 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Ian Ray542a48e2017-11-08 15:35:13 +00002294 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_EXT
2295 enable support for the bootcounter in EXT filesystem
2296 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = RAM address used for read
2297 and write.
2298 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_INTERFACE = interface
2299 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_DEVPART = device and part
2300 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_EXT_NAME = filename
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002301
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002302- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2304
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002305 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2306 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2307 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2308 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2309 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2310 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002312
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002313Legacy uImage format:
2314
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315 Arg Where When
2316 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002317 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002319 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002321 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002322 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2323 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2324 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002325 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002326 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2327 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2328 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2329 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002330 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002332
2333 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2334 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2335 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2336 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2337 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2338 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2339 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002340 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002341 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2342 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2343
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002344 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002345
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002346 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002347 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2348 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002349
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002350 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2351 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2352 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2353 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2354 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2355 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2356 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2357 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2358 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2359 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2360 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2361 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2362 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2363 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2364 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2365 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2366 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2367 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2368 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2369 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2370 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2371 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2372 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2373 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2374 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2375 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2376 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2377 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2378 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2379 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2380 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2381 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2382 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2383 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2384 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2385 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2386 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2387 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2388 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2389 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2390 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2391 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2392 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2393 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2394 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2395 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2396 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002398 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002399
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002400 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002401 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2402 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002403
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002404 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerc80b41b02015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002405 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2406 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2407 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002408 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2409 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002410 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2411 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002412 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002413
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002414FIT uImage format:
2415
2416 Arg Where When
2417 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2418 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2419 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2420 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2421 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2422 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002423 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002424 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2425 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2426 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2427 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2428 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002429 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2430 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002431 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2432 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2433 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2434 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2435 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2436 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2437 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2438 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2439
2440 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2441 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2442 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002443 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002444 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2445 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2446 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2447 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2448 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2449 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2450 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2451 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2452 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2453 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2454 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2455 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2456
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002457 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002458 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2459
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002460 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002461 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2462
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002463 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002464 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2465
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002466- legacy image format:
2467 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2468 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2469
2470 Default:
2471 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2472
2473 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2474 disable the legacy image format
2475
2476 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2477 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2478
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002479- Standalone program support:
2480 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2481
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002482 This option defines a board specific value for the
2483 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2484 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002485 settings.
2486
2487- Frame Buffer Address:
2488 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2489
2490 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002491 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2492 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2493 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2494 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2495 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2496 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2497 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002498
2499 Please see board_init_f function.
2500
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002501- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2502 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2503 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2504 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2505
2506 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2507 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2508
2509- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2510 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2511
2512 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2513 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2514
2515 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2516
2517 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2518 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2519
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002520- UBI support
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002521 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2522
2523 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2524 warnings and errors enabled.
2525
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002526
2527 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2528 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2529 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2530 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2531 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2532 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2533
2534 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2535 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2536 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2537 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2538 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2539
2540 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002541
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002542 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2543 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2544 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2545 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2546 flash), this value is ignored.
2547
2548 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2549 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2550 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2551 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2552 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2553 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2554
2555 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2556 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2557 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2558 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2559 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2560 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2561 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2562 partition.
2563
2564 default: 20
2565
2566 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2567 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2568 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2569 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2570 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2571 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2572 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2573 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2574 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2575 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2576 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2577 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2578
2579 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2580 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2581 without a fastmap.
2582 default: 0
2583
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002584 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2585 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2586 default: 0
2587
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002588- UBIFS support
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002589 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2590
2591 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2592 warnings and errors enabled.
2593
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002594- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002595 CONFIG_SPL
2596 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002597
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002598 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2599 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2600
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002601 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2602 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2603 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2604 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002605 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002606 must not be both defined at the same time.
2607
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002608 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002609 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2610 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2611 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2612 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002613
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002614 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2615 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002616
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002617 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2618 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2619 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2620
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002621 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2622 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2623
2624 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002625 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2626 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2627 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002628 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002629 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002630
2631 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2632 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2633
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002634 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2635 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2636 loaded does not have a signature.
2637 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2638 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2639 will be caught.
2640 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2641 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2642 and thus should be skipped silently.
2643
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002644 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2645 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2646 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2647 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2648
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002649 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2650 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002651 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2652 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2653 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002654
2655 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2656 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002657
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002658 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2659 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2660 See also: doc/README.falcon
2661
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002662 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2663 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2664 about the running system.
2665
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002666 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2667 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2668
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002669 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2670 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2671 used in raw mode
2672
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002673 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2674 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2675 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2676
2677 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2678 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2679 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2680 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2681 (for falcon mode)
2682
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002683 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2684 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2685 used in fs mode
2686
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002687 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2688 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2689
2690 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002691 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002692 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002693
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002694 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002695 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002696 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002697
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002698 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2699 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2700 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2701 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2702 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2703
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302704 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2705 Avoid SPL relocation
2706
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002707 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2708 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2709 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2710
2711 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2712 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2713
2714 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2715 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2716
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002717 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002718 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2719 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002720
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002721 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2722 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2723 loader
2724
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002725 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2726 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2727 if you need to save space.
2728
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002729 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2730 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2731 SPL binary.
2732
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002733 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2734 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2735 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2736 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2737 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2738 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002739 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002740
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302741 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2742 Add support NAND boot
2743
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002744 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002745 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2746
2747 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2748 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2749
2750 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2751 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002752
2753 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002754 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002755
2756 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2757 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002758 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002759
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002760 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2761 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2762
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002763 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002764 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2765 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2766 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2767 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2768 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002769
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002770 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2771 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2772 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2773 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2774
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002775 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
2776 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2777 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2778 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2779 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2780
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002781- TPL framework
2782 CONFIG_TPL
2783 Enable building of TPL globally.
2784
2785 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2786 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2787 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002788 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2789 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2790 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002791
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002792- Interrupt support (PPC):
2793
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002794 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2795 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002796 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002797 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002798 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002799 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002800 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002801 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2802 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2803 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002806Board initialization settings:
2807------------------------------
2808
2809During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2810to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2811before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2812following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2813architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2814typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2815
2816- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2817- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2818- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2819- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821Configuration Settings:
2822-----------------------
2823
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002824- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2825 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002827- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002828 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2829
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002830- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2831 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002833- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002834 prompt for user input.
2835
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002836- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002838- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002840- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2844 booted
2845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002846- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002849- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002850 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2851 simple memory test.
2852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002853- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002854 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002856- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002857 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2858 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2859
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002860- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002861 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002862 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2863 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2864 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002865 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002866 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2867 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2868
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002869- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002870 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002871 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002872 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002873 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2874 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2875 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002876 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002877 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002878 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002879
2880 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2881 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2882 be touched.
2883
2884 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2885 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2886 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2887 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2888 problems.
2889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002890- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002893- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002896- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002899- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2901 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002902 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002903 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002905- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002906 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2907 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2908 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2909 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002911- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002912 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2913
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002914- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2915 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2916 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2917 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2918 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2919 space.
2920
2921 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2922 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2923 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002924 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002925 U-Boot relocates itself.
2926
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002927- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2928 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2929 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2930 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2931
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002932- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2933 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2934 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2935 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2936 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2937 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2938 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2939 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2940 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2941 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2942 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2943 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2944 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2945 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2946 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2947 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2948
2949 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002951- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002952 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2953 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002955 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2959 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002960 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2961 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002962 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002963 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002964 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002965 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2966 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2967 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002969- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2970 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2971 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2972 is enabled.
2973
2974- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2975 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2976 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2977
2978- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2979 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2980 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002982- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983 Max number of Flash memory banks
2984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002985- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002986 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002991- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002995 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002998 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003001 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3002 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3003
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003004- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005
3006 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3007 without this option such a download has to be
3008 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3009 copy from RAM to flash.
3010
3011 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3012 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003013 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3014 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003015 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003017- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003018 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003019 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003021- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003022 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3023 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003025- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3026 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3027 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3028 to the MTD layer.
3029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003030- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003031 Use buffered writes to flash.
3032
3033- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3034 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3035 write commands.
3036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003038 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3039 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3040 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3041 optionally available.
3042
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003043- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3044 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3045 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3046 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3047
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003048- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3049 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3050 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3051 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3052 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3053 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3054 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3055 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003057- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003058 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3059 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003060 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3061 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003062 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003063 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3064
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003065- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3066
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003067 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3068 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3069 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3070 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3071 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003072
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003073- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3074- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003075 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003076 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3077 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3078 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3079
3080 The format of the list is:
3081 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003082 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3083 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003084 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3085 list = entry[,list]
3086
3087 The type attributes are:
3088 s - String (default)
3089 d - Decimal
3090 x - Hexadecimal
3091 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3092 i - IP address
3093 m - MAC address
3094
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003095 The access attributes are:
3096 a - Any (default)
3097 r - Read-only
3098 o - Write-once
3099 c - Change-default
3100
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003101 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3102 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003103 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003104
3105 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3106 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3107 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3108 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3109 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3110 ".flags" variable.
3111
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003112 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3113 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3114 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3115
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003116- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3117 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3118 access flags.
3119
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003120- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3121 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3122 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3123 building U-Boot to enable this.
3124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3126of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3127following configurations:
3128
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003129- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3130
3131 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3132 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3133
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003135in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003136console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137U-Boot will hang.
3138
3139Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3140environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3141keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3142to save the current settings.
3143
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003144BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3145"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003146environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3147but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003148
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003149- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3150
3151 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3152 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3153 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3154
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003155Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass64b723f2017-08-03 12:22:12 -06003157created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003158until then to read environment variables.
3159
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003160The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3161is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3162with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3163necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3164"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3165have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003166
3167Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3168the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003169use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003171- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003172 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003174 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003175 also needs to be defined.
3176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003177- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003178 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003179
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003180- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3181 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3182 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3183 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3184 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3185 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3186
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003187- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3188 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3189 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3190 to do this.
3191
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003192- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3193 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3194 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3195 present.
3196
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003197- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3198 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3199 build system checks that the actual size does not
3200 exceed it.
3201
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003203---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003205- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3207
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003208- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3209 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3210 PowerPC SOCs.
3211
3212- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3213 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3214 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3215
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003216- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3217 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3218 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003219 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003220 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3221 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3222 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3223
3224 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3225 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3226
3227- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003228 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3229 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003230 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3231 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3232
3233- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3234 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3235 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3236 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3237
3238- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3239 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3240 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3241
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003242- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003243 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003244
3245 the default drive number (default value 0)
3246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003248
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003249 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003250 (default value 1)
3251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003252 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003253
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003254 defines the offset of register from address. It
3255 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003256 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003258 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3259 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003260 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003262 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003263 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3264 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003265 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003266 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003267
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003268- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3269 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3270 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3271 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3272 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3273 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003274 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003276- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003277 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003278 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003280- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003282 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003283 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3284 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3285 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3286 will become available only after programming the
3287 memory controller and running certain initialization
3288 sequences.
3289
3290 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003291 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003293- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003294
3295 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3297 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003298 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003299 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glass9a6ac8b2016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003300 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3302 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303
3304 Note:
3305 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3306 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003307 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003308 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3309 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003311- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003312
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003313- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314 SDRAM timing
3315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003316- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003317 periodic timer for refresh
3318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003319- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3320 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3321 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3322 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003323 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3324
3325- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003326 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3327 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3329
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003330- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003331 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003332 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3333 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3334 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3335 by coreboot or similar.
3336
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003337- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3338 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3339
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003340- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3341 Chip has SRIO or not
3342
3343- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3344 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3345
3346- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3347 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3348
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003349- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3350 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3351
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003352- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3353 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3354
3355- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3356 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3357
3358- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3359 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3360
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003361- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3362 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3363 a 16 bit bus.
3364 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003365 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003366 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003367 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003368
3369- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3370 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3371 a default value will be used.
3372
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003373- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003374 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3375 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3376
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003377 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3378 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003380- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003381 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3382 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3383 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003384
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003385- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3386 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3387 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3388 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3389 header files or board specific files.
3390
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003391- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3392 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3393
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003394- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3395 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3396
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003397- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3398 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003401 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3402 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003403
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003404- CONFIG_RMII
3405 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3406 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3407 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3408
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003409- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3410 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3411 The syntax is:
3412
3413 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3414
3415 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3416 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3417 area should have.
3418
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003419- CONFIG_LOOPW
3420 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003421 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003422
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003423- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3424 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3425 "md/mw" commands.
3426 Examples:
3427
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003428 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003429 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3430
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003431 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003432 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3433
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003434 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003435 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003436
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003437- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003438 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003439 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3440 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3441 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003442
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003443 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3444 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3445 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3446 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003447
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003448- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3449 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim7a203682016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003450 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003451 instruction cache) is still performed.
3452
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003453- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003454 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3455 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3456 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003457
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003458- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3459 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3460 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3461 It is loaded by the SPL.
3462
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003463- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3464 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3465 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3466 previous 4k of the .text section.
3467
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003468- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3469 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3470 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3471 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3472 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3473 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3474 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3475 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3476
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003477- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3478 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3479 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003480
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01003481- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
3482 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
3483
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003484- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3485 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3486 driver that uses this:
3487 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
3488
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003489Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3490-----------------------------------
3491
3492The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3493loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3494This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3495are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3496within that device.
3497
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003498- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3499 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3500 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3501 is also specified.
3502
3503- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3504 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003505 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3506 is also specified.
3507
3508- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3509 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3510 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3511 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3512 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3513
3514- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3515 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3516 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3517 virtual address in NOR flash.
3518
3519- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3520 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3521 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3522
3523- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3524 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3525 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3526
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003527- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3528 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3529 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003530 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3531 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3532 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003533
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003534Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3535---------------------------------------------------------
3536The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3537"firmware".
3538This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3539are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3540within that device.
3541
3542- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3543 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3544
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303545Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3546-------------------------------------------
3547The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3548"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3549This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3550
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003551- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3552 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303553
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003554Reproducible builds
3555-------------------
3556
3557In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3558process have to be set to a fixed value.
3559
3560This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3561SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3562option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3563
3564SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3565
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566Building the Software:
3567======================
3568
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003569Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3570and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3571all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3572(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3573recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3574which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003575
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003576If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3577have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3578you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3579Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3580necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003582 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3583 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003585Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3586 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3587 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3588 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3589
3590 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3591
3592 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3593 be executed on computers running Windows.
3594
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003595U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3596sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003597is done by typing:
3598
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003599 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003601where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003602rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003604Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3605 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3606 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3607 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003608 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003609
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003610 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003611 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003613 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003614 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003616 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003619Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3620images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003622- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3623- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3624- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003626By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3627in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3628this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3629
36301. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3631
3632 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003633 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003634 make O=/tmp/build all
3635
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020036362. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003637
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003638 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003639 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003640 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003641 make all
3642
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003643Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003644variable.
3645
Daniel Schwierzeck88484422018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003646User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3647setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3648For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3649
3650 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003652Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3653for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3654native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003657If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3658to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3659steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010036611. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003662 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003663 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
36642. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3665 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036663. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3667 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020036684. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036695. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3670 to be installed on your target system.
36716. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3672 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003675Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3676==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003677
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003678If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3679or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3681the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003682official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003683
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003684But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3685cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003687just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3688configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3689will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3690for documentation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003692
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003693See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003696Monitor Commands - Overview:
3697============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003699go - start application at address 'addr'
3700run - run commands in an environment variable
3701bootm - boot application image from memory
3702bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003703bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003704tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3705 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3706 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003707tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003708rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3709diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3710loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3711loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3712md - memory display
3713mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3714nm - memory modify (constant address)
3715mw - memory write (fill)
3716cp - memory copy
3717cmp - memory compare
3718crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003719i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003720sspi - SPI utility commands
3721base - print or set address offset
3722printenv- print environment variables
3723setenv - set environment variables
3724saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3725protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3726erase - erase FLASH memory
3727flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003728nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3730iminfo - print header information for application image
3731coninfo - print console devices and informations
3732ide - IDE sub-system
3733loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003734loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003735mtest - simple RAM test
3736icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3737dcache - enable or disable data cache
3738reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3739echo - echo args to console
3740version - print monitor version
3741help - print online help
3742? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003745Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3746========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003748TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003750For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
3752
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003753Environment Variables:
3754======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003756U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3757can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3760"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3761without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3762environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3763working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3764environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003766Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3767
3768List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003770 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003775
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003776 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003778 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003780 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3781 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3782 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3783 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3784 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3785 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003786 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3787 bootm_mapsize.
3788
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003789 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003790 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3791 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3792 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3793 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3794 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3795 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003796
3797 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3798 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3799 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3800 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3801 environment variable.
3802
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003803 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3804 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3805 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003807 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3808 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3809 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3810 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003812 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3813 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3814 be automatically started (by internally calling
3815 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3818 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3819 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3820 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3821 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003823 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3824 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003825 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3826 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3827 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3828 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3829 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3830 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3831 access it during the boot procedure.
3832
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003833 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3834 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3835 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3836 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3837 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3838 must be accessible by the kernel.
3839
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003840 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3841 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3842 defined.
3843
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003844 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3845 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3846 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3847 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3848 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3849
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003850 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3851 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3852 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3853 is usually what you want since it allows for
3854 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3855 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003857 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3858 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3859 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3860 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3863 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3864 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3865 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3866 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3867 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003869 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003871 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3872 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3873 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3874 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3875 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3876 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3877 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003878
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003879 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003881 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3882 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003884 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003887
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003888 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003890 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003894 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003896 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3897 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003899 => setenv ethact FEC
3900 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3901 => setenv ethact SCC
3902 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003904 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3905 available network interfaces.
3906 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3907
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003908 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3910 When set to "once" the network operation will
3911 fail when all the available network interfaces
3912 are tried once without success.
3913 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3914 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003916 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003917
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003918 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003919 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3920 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3921 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3922 is silent.
3923
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003924 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003925 UDP source port.
3926
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003927 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003928 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3929
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003930 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3931 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3932
3933 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3934 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3935 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3936 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3937 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3938 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3939 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3940
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003941 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3942 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3943 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3944 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3945 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3946 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3947 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3948
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003949 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003950 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003952
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003953 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3954 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3955 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3956 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3957 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3958
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003959The following image location variables contain the location of images
3960used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3961not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3962variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3963server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3964loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3965flash or offset in NAND flash.
3966
3967*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003968boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003969boards use these variables for other purposes.
3970
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003971Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3972----- --------- ----------- --------------
3973u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3974Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3975device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3976ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003977
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003978The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3979updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3980depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003981
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982 bootfile - see above
3983 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3984 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3985 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3986 hostname - Target hostname
3987 ipaddr - see above
3988 netmask - Subnet Mask
3989 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3990 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003991
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003992
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003993There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003994
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003995 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3996 as type string and/or serial number
3997 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003998
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003999These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4000the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4001once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
4003
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4007 with the "version" command. This variable is
4008 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004009
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004011Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4012only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004013
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004014
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004015Callback functions for environment variables:
4016---------------------------------------------
4017
4018For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004019when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004020be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4021deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4022effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4023
4024The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4025U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4026
4027These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4028static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4029in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4030associations. The list must be in the following format:
4031
4032 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4033 list = entry[,list]
4034
4035If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4036Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4037
4038Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4039with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4040override any association in the static list. You can define
4041CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004042".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004043
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004044If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4045regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4046the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4047
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004049Command Line Parsing:
4050=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4053the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055Old, simple command line parser:
4056--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4059- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004060- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4062 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004063 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4065 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004067Hush shell:
4068-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004069
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004070- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4071 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4072 until...do...done, ...
4073- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4074 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4075 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4076 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078General rules:
4079--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004080
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004081(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4082 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4083 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4084 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004085
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004086(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004087 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004088 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4089 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004091Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4092=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004093
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004094Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4096"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004097
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4099MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4100"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004101
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4103in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4104ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4105variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004106
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004107o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4108 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004110o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4111 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4112 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004114o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4115 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004117o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4118 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4119 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004121o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05004122 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
4123 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004125If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004126will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004127may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4128The naming convention is as follows:
4129"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004131Image Formats:
4132==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004134U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4135images in two formats:
4136
4137New uImage format (FIT)
4138-----------------------
4139
4140Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4141to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4142components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4143SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4144
4145
4146Old uImage format
4147-----------------
4148
4149Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4150preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4151details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004153* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4154 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004155 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4156 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4157 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004158* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004159 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03004160 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4162* Load Address
4163* Entry Point
4164* Image Name
4165* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4168and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4169CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004172Linux Support:
4173==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4176easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4177U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004179U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4180special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4181"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4182instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4183serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4186 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4187 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4190 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004191
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004192- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4193 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4194 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4195 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4196 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4197 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200Linux HOWTO:
4201============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4204---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4207configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4208(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4209Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004211But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004213Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4214include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004215Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4216and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004217as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004219Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4220If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4221is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4222doc/driver-model.
4223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225Configuring the Linux kernel:
4226-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004228No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4229device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004232Building a Linux Image:
4233-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004235With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4236not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4237"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4238U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4239which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4240100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004244 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245 make oldconfig
4246 make dep
4247 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4250encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4251CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4258 -R .note -R .comment \
4259 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004260
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004262
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004264
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004265* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004266
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4268 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4269 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4273with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4274combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4275byte header containing information about target architecture,
4276operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4277stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4280print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004281
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004282In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4283contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4284checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004286 tools/mkimage -l image
4287 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004288
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004289The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4290from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004291
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4293 -n name -d data_file image
4294 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4295 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4296 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4297 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4298 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4299 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4300 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4301 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004302
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004303Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4304address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4305kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004306
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004307- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4308- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004310So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4313 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004314 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004315 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4316 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4317 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4318 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4319 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4320 Load Address: 0x00000000
4321 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004322
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004323To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004324
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004325 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4326 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4327 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4328 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4329 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4330 Load Address: 0x00000000
4331 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004332
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4334speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4335needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4336need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004338 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004339 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4340 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004341 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004342 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4343 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4344 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4345 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4346 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4347 Load Address: 0x00000000
4348 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4352when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004354 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4355 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4356 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4357 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4358 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4359 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4360 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4361 Load Address: 0x00000000
4362 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004364The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4365option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4366option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4367from the image:
4368
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004369 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4370 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4371 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4372 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004373
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375Installing a Linux Image:
4376-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004377
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004378To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4379you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004382
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4384image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4385address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4386specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4387command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4390TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394 .......... done
4395 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004397 => loads 40100000
4398 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4399 ~>examples/image.srec
4400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4401 ...
4402 15989 15990 15991 15992
4403 [file transfer complete]
4404 [connected]
4405 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004409this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004410corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4415 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4416 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4417 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4418 Load Address: 00000000
4419 Entry Point: 0000000c
4420 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
4422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423Boot Linux:
4424-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004426The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4427memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4428of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4429parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4430"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433 => printenv bootargs
4434 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438 => printenv bootargs
4439 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 => bootm 40020000
4442 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4443 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4444 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4445 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4446 Load Address: 00000000
4447 Entry Point: 0000000c
4448 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4449 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4450 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4451 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4452 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4453 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4454 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4455 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004456
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004457If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004458the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4459format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4464 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4465 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4466 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4467 Load Address: 00000000
4468 Entry Point: 0000000c
4469 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4472 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4473 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4474 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4475 Load Address: 00000000
4476 Entry Point: 00000000
4477 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4480 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4481 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4482 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4483 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4484 Load Address: 00000000
4485 Entry Point: 0000000c
4486 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4487 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4488 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4489 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4490 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4491 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4492 Load Address: 00000000
4493 Entry Point: 00000000
4494 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4495 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4496 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4497 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4498 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4499 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4500 ...
4501 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4502 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004506Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4507-----------
4508
4509First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4510titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4511following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4512flat device tree:
4513
4514=> print oftaddr
4515oftaddr=0x300000
4516=> print oft
4517oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4518=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4519Speed: 1000, full duplex
4520Using TSEC0 device
4521TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4522Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4523Load address: 0x300000
4524Loading: #
4525done
4526Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4527=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4528Speed: 1000, full duplex
4529Using TSEC0 device
4530TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4531Filename 'uImage'.
4532Load address: 0x200000
4533Loading:############
4534done
4535Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4536=> print loadaddr
4537loadaddr=200000
4538=> print oftaddr
4539oftaddr=0x300000
4540=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4541## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004542 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4543 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4544 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004545 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004546 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004547 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4548 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4549Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4550Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4551Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4552[snip]
4553
4554
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004555More About U-Boot Image Types:
4556------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4561 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4562 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4563 the Standalone Program.
4564 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4565 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4566 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4567 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4568 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4569 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4570 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4571 being started.
4572 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4573 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4574 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4575 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4576 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4577 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4580 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4581 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4582 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4583 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4584 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004585
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4587 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4588 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004589
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4591 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4592 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4593 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004594
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004595Booting the Linux zImage:
4596-------------------------
4597
4598On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4599using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4600as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4601
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004602Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004603kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4604address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4605format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4606
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608Standalone HOWTO:
4609=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4612run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4613U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004614
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004616
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617"Hello World" Demo:
4618-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4621application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4622It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4623like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 => loads
4626 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4627 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4628 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4629 [file transfer complete]
4630 [connected]
4631 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4634 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4635 Hello World
4636 argc = 7
4637 argv[0] = "40004"
4638 argv[1] = "Hello"
4639 argv[2] = "World!"
4640 argv[3] = "This"
4641 argv[4] = "is"
4642 argv[5] = "a"
4643 argv[6] = "test."
4644 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4645 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4650handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4651Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4652The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4653character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4654controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4657 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4658 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4659 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004661 => loads
4662 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4663 ~>examples/timer.srec
4664 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4665 [file transfer complete]
4666 [connected]
4667 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 => go 40004
4670 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4671 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4672 Using timer 1
4673 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675Hit 'b':
4676 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4677 Enabling timer
4678Hit '?':
4679 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4680 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4681Hit '?':
4682 [q, b, e, ?] .
4683 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4684Hit '?':
4685 [q, b, e, ?] .
4686 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4687Hit '?':
4688 [q, b, e, ?] .
4689 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4690Hit 'e':
4691 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4692Hit 'q':
4693 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696Minicom warning:
4697================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4700"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4701consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4702Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4703especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004704use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4705http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4706for help with kermit.
4707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4710configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004712 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4713 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4714 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004715
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004716
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717NetBSD Notes:
4718=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4721(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004722
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4724NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4725need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4726Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4727attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4728missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004729
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4731 # mkdir powerpc
4732 # ln -s powerpc machine
4733 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4734 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004735
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4737and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4740stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4741proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4742tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004743meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746Implementation Internals:
4747=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4750implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4751inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4752hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004754
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755Initial Stack, Global Data:
4756---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4759starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4760system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4761This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4762is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4763at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4764options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4765models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4766MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4767locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004769 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004770 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4773 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4774 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4775 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4778 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4779 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4780 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4781 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004782 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004783 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4784 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4787 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004788 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4790 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4791 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4792 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004794 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4796 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004797 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4799 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4800 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4801 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4802 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804 -Chris Hallinan
4805 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004806
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4808code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004809
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004810* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4811 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004812
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004813* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4815 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004816
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4818 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004819
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004821normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004822turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4823simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4824functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4825functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4826the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4827place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4828reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4831relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4832GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4835 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004836 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4838 R5-R10: parameter passing
4839 R13: small data area pointer
4840 R30: GOT pointer
4841 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004843 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4844 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4845 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004847 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4850 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4851 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4852 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4853 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4854 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004857
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 R0: function argument word/integer result
4859 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004860 R9: platform specific
4861 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4863 R12: temporary workspace
4864 R13: stack pointer
4865 R14: link register
4866 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004867
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004868 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4869
4870 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004872On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4873 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4874
4875 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4876
4877 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4878 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4879
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004880On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4881
4882 R0-R1: argument/return
4883 R2-R5: argument
4884 R15: temporary register for assembler
4885 R16: trampoline register
4886 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4887 R29: global pointer (GP)
4888 R30: link register (LP)
4889 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4890 PC: program counter (PC)
4891
4892 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4893
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004894NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4895or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004897On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4898
4899 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4900 x1: return address (ra)
4901 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4902 x3: global pointer (gp)
4903 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4904 x5: link register (t0)
4905 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4906 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4907 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4908 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4909 pc: program counter (pc)
4910
4911 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913Memory Management:
4914------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4917MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4920controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4921memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4922physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4925TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4926booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4927to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004928memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4930Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4933of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4936this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004937
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004938 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4939 :
4940 0x0000 1FFF
4941 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4942 :
4943 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 :
4946 :
4947 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4948 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4949 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4950 :
4951 0x00FD FFFF
4952 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4953 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4954 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4955 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958System Initialization:
4959----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004962(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004963configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4965To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4966initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004967which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4968cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4969the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004971Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4972preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4973(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4974on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4975programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4976simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4977banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4980different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4981bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49820x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4983contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4986and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4987Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4988pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4991until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4992running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4993new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996U-Boot Porting Guide:
4997----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5000list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005003int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004{
5005 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005007 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5008 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005009
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005011 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012 return 0;
5013 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005016
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005017 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005019 if (clueless)
5020 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 while (learning) {
5023 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005024 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5025 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005027 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005030 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5031 Buy a BDI3000;
5032 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005033 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005035 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5036 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5037 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5038 } else {
5039 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5040 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5041 }
5042 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5043 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005045 while (!accepted) {
5046 while (!running) {
5047 do {
5048 Add / modify source code;
5049 } until (compiles);
5050 Debug;
5051 if (clueless)
5052 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5053 }
5054 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5055 if (reasonable critiques)
5056 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5057 else
5058 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005059 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061 return 0;
5062}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064void no_more_time (int sig)
5065{
5066 hire_a_guru();
5067}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005068
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070Coding Standards:
5071-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siachb1081252017-12-10 17:34:35 +02005074coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
5075https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
5076script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005077
5078Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5079MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005080reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005081sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005083Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5084Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5085in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005086
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5088- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005089- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005091- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5095with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098Submitting Patches:
5099-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005100
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005101Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5102establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5103may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005105Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005106
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005107Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childsda6d34c2017-11-14 22:56:42 -08005108see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5111it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5114 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5115 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5118 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05005122* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
5123 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02005125* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
5126 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5129 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005131* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5132 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005133 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005134 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5135 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005136
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005137 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5138 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5139 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005141 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5142 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5143 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5144 affected files).
5145
5146 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5147 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5150 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005151
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5153 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06005158* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5160 for any of the boards.
5161
5162* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5163 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5164 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5167 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5168 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5169 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5170 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5171 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005172
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005173* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5174 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5175 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5176 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.